Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 47459:c48cad4dc557
(pong-border-options): Use color on tty if
available. Reset color on tty to be [0.5 0.5 0.5].
author | Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 13 Sep 2002 13:30:09 +0000 |
parents | 227785e3e29f |
children | 2cbb0b823e83 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
44261 | 2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 79 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
80 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
81 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
82 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 83 |
84 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
85 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
86 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
87 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
91 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
99 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
101 #endif | |
25012 | 102 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
103 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
104 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 105 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
106 #endif | |
25012 | 107 |
108 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
109 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
110 | |
111 struct dim | |
112 { | |
113 int width; | |
114 int height; | |
115 }; | |
116 | |
117 | |
118 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
119 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
120 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
122 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
123 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 125 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
126 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
127 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
128 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
129 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
130 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
131 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 133 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
134 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
135 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
136 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
137 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
138 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
139 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 140 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
141 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 142 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
25012 | 144 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
145 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
146 struct window *)); | |
147 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
148 struct window *)); | |
149 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
150 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
151 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
153 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
155 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
158 int, int)); | |
159 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
160 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
161 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
162 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 163 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
164 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 165 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
166 int)); | |
167 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
168 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
169 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 170 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
171 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
172 #endif |
25012 | 173 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
174 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
175 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
177 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
178 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
179 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 180 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
182 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
183 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
184 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 186 |
187 | |
188 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
189 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
190 scrolling. */ | |
191 | |
192 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
193 |
554 | 194 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 195 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 196 |
764 | 197 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 198 |
25012 | 199 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 200 |
201 int display_completed; | |
202 | |
25012 | 203 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
204 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 205 |
206 int visible_bell; | |
207 | |
764 | 208 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 209 |
210 int inverse_video; | |
211 | |
212 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
213 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
214 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 215 |
25012 | 216 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
217 is running. */ | |
314 | 218 |
219 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
220 | |
221 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 222 |
314 | 223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
224 | |
25012 | 225 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
226 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 227 |
228 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 229 as a character code. |
230 | |
231 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
232 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 233 |
234 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
235 | |
236 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
237 | |
238 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
239 | |
25012 | 240 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
241 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 242 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
243 | |
314 | 244 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
245 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
246 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 247 |
314 | 248 |
25012 | 249 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
250 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
251 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
252 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 253 |
254 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 255 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 256 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
257 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 258 |
259 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
260 | |
261 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
262 | |
263 FILE *termscript; | |
264 | |
265 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
266 | |
267 struct cm Wcm; | |
268 | |
269 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
270 | |
271 int delayed_size_change; | |
272 | |
273 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
274 | |
275 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
276 | |
277 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
278 | |
279 struct window *updated_window; | |
280 | |
281 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
282 | |
283 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
284 int updated_area; | |
285 | |
286 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
287 | |
288 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
289 | |
290 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
291 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
292 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
293 | |
294 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
295 | |
296 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
297 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
298 | |
299 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
300 int glyph_pool_count; | |
301 | |
302 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
303 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
304 | |
305 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
306 | |
307 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
308 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
309 | |
310 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
311 | |
312 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
313 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
314 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
315 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
316 loaded on demand. */ | |
317 | |
318 int fonts_changed_p; | |
319 | |
320 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
321 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
322 | |
323 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
324 | |
325 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
326 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
327 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
328 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
329 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
361 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
382 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
413 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
414 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 |
25012 | 429 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
430 | |
431 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
432 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
433 | |
434 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
435 | |
436 | |
437 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
438 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
439 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 440 |
441 void | |
442 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
443 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
444 char *to; |
314 | 445 int size; |
446 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
447 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 448 return; |
449 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
451 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 else |
314 | 458 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
459 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 461 |
462 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
463 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
464 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
465 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
466 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
467 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 468 if (to - from < 64) |
469 { | |
470 do | |
471 *--endt = *--endf; | |
472 while (endf != from); | |
473 } | |
474 else | |
475 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
476 for (;;) |
314 | 477 { |
478 endt -= (to - from); | |
479 endf -= (to - from); | |
480 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
481 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
482 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
483 |
314 | 484 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
485 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
487 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 488 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
489 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 490 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
491 } | |
492 } | |
493 } | |
494 | |
25012 | 495 |
496 | |
497 /*********************************************************************** | |
498 Glyph Matrices | |
499 ***********************************************************************/ | |
500 | |
501 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
502 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
503 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
504 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
505 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
506 | |
507 struct glyph_matrix * | |
508 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
509 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
510 { | |
511 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
512 | |
513 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
514 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
515 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
516 | |
517 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
518 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
519 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
520 | |
521 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
522 result->pool = pool; | |
523 return result; | |
524 } | |
525 | |
526 | |
527 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
528 | |
529 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
530 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
531 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
532 pointer was passed to this function. | |
533 | |
534 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
535 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
536 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
537 | |
538 static void | |
539 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
540 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
541 { | |
542 if (matrix) | |
543 { | |
544 int i; | |
545 | |
546 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
547 allocated. */ | |
548 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
549 abort (); | |
550 | |
551 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
552 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
553 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
554 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
555 | |
556 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
557 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
558 xfree (matrix); | |
559 } | |
560 } | |
561 | |
562 | |
563 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
564 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
565 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
566 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
567 or a float. */ | |
568 | |
569 static int | |
570 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
571 struct window *w; | |
572 int total_glyphs; | |
573 Lisp_Object margin; | |
574 { | |
575 int n; | |
576 | |
577 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
578 { | |
579 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
580 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
581 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
582 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
583 } | |
584 else | |
585 n = 0; | |
586 | |
587 return n; | |
588 } | |
589 | |
590 | |
591 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
592 window sizes. | |
593 | |
594 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
595 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
596 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
597 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
598 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
599 | |
600 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
601 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
602 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
603 MATRIX->pool. | |
604 | |
605 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
606 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
607 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
608 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
609 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
610 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
611 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
612 | |
613 static void | |
614 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
615 struct window *w; | |
616 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
617 int x, y; | |
618 struct dim dim; | |
619 { | |
620 int i; | |
621 int new_rows; | |
622 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 623 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
624 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 625 int left = -1, right = -1; |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
626 int window_x, window_y, window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 627 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
628 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ |
25012 | 629 if (w) |
630 { | |
25546 | 631 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
632 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 633 } |
25546 | 634 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 635 |
636 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
637 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
638 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
639 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
640 { | |
641 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
642 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
643 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
644 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
645 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
646 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
647 | |
648 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
649 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 650 && !header_line_changed_p |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
651 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 652 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
653 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
654 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
655 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
656 return; | |
657 } | |
658 | |
659 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
660 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
661 { | |
662 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
663 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
664 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
665 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
666 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
667 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
668 } | |
669 else | |
670 new_rows = 0; | |
671 | |
672 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
673 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
674 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
675 if (matrix->pool) | |
676 { | |
677 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
678 | |
679 if (w) | |
680 { | |
681 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
682 w->left_margin_width); | |
683 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
684 w->right_margin_width); | |
685 } | |
686 else | |
687 left = right = 0; | |
688 | |
689 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
690 { | |
691 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
692 | |
693 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
694 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
695 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
696 + x); | |
697 | |
698 if (w == NULL | |
699 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 700 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 701 { |
702 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
703 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
704 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
705 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
706 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
707 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
708 } | |
709 else | |
710 { | |
711 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
712 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
713 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
714 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
715 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
716 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
717 } | |
718 } | |
719 | |
720 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
721 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
722 } | |
723 else | |
724 { | |
725 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
726 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
727 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
728 || new_rows | |
25546 | 729 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 730 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
731 { | |
732 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
733 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
734 | |
735 while (row < end) | |
736 { | |
737 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
738 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
739 (dim.width | |
740 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
741 | |
742 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
743 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 744 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 745 { |
746 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
747 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
748 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
749 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
750 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
751 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
752 } | |
753 else | |
754 { | |
755 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
756 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
757 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
758 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
759 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
760 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
761 } | |
762 ++row; | |
763 } | |
764 } | |
765 | |
766 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
767 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
768 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
769 } | |
770 | |
771 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
772 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
773 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 774 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
775 if (w) |
25012 | 776 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
777 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 778 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
780 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
781 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
782 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
785 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
789 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
790 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
791 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
792 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
793 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
794 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
795 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
797 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
798 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
799 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
800 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
801 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
803 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
804 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
805 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
806 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
809 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
25012 | 810 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
812 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 } |
25012 | 819 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 821 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
823 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
825 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 826 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
827 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
828 } | |
829 } | |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
830 |
25012 | 831 |
832 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
833 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
834 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
835 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
836 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
837 | |
838 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
839 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
840 if (w) | |
841 { | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
842 matrix->window_left_x = XFASTINT (w->left); |
25012 | 843 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
844 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
845 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
846 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
847 } | |
848 } | |
849 | |
850 | |
851 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
852 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
853 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
854 below). */ | |
314 | 855 |
856 static void | |
25012 | 857 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
858 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
859 int start, end; | |
314 | 860 { |
25012 | 861 int i, j; |
862 | |
863 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
864 { | |
865 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
866 initialization. */ | |
867 struct glyph_row temp; | |
868 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
869 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
870 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
871 } | |
314 | 872 } |
873 | |
25012 | 874 |
875 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
876 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
877 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
878 row structures are moved around). | |
879 | |
880 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
881 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
882 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
883 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
884 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
885 rotating right. */ | |
886 | |
887 void | |
888 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
889 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
890 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 891 { |
25012 | 892 if (by < 0) |
893 { | |
894 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
895 by = -by; | |
896 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
897 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
898 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
899 } | |
900 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 901 { |
25012 | 902 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
903 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
904 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
905 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 906 } |
25012 | 907 } |
908 | |
909 | |
910 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
911 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
912 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
913 | |
914 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
915 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 916 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
917 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
918 { | |
919 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
920 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
921 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
922 xassert (start <= end); | |
923 | |
924 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
925 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 926 } |
927 | |
928 | |
929 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
930 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
931 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
932 | |
933 void | |
934 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
935 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
936 int start, end; | |
937 int enabled_p; | |
938 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
939 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
940 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
941 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
942 |
25012 | 943 for (; start < end; ++start) |
944 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
945 } | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
949 | |
950 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
951 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
952 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
953 enabled_p flag. | |
954 | |
955 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
956 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
957 | |
958 void | |
959 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
960 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
961 { | |
962 if (matrix) | |
314 | 963 { |
25012 | 964 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
965 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 966 } |
967 } | |
25012 | 968 |
969 | |
970 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
971 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
972 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
973 | |
974 void | |
975 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
976 struct window *w; | |
977 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
978 int start, end, dy; | |
979 { | |
980 int min_y, max_y; | |
981 | |
982 xassert (start <= end); | |
983 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
984 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
985 | |
25546 | 986 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 987 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
988 | |
989 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
990 { | |
991 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
992 | |
993 row->y += dy; | |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
994 row->visible_height = row->height; |
25012 | 995 |
996 if (row->y < min_y) | |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
997 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
998 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
999 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1000 } |
1001 } | |
1002 | |
1003 | |
1004 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1005 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1006 current matrix. */ | |
1007 | |
1008 void | |
1009 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1010 register struct frame *f; | |
1011 { | |
1012 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1013 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1014 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1015 | |
1016 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1017 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1018 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1019 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1020 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1021 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1022 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1023 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1024 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1025 |
1026 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1027 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1028 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1029 } | |
1030 | |
1031 | |
1032 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1033 |
21514 | 1034 void |
25012 | 1035 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1036 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1037 { |
25012 | 1038 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1039 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
1040 | |
1041 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1042 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1043 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1044 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1045 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1046 |
1047 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1048 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1049 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1050 } | |
1051 | |
1052 | |
1053 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1054 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1055 | |
1056 static void | |
1057 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1058 struct window *w; | |
1059 int desired_p; | |
1060 { | |
1061 while (w) | |
314 | 1062 { |
25012 | 1063 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1064 { | |
1065 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1066 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1067 } | |
1068 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1069 { |
25012 | 1070 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1071 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1072 } | |
1073 else | |
1074 { | |
1075 if (desired_p) | |
1076 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1077 else | |
314 | 1078 { |
25012 | 1079 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1080 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1081 } |
25012 | 1082 } |
1083 | |
1084 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1085 } | |
1086 } | |
1087 | |
1088 | |
1089 | |
1090 /*********************************************************************** | |
1091 Glyph Rows | |
1092 | |
1093 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1094 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1095 | |
1096 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1097 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1098 structure members. */ | |
1099 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1100 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
25012 | 1102 void |
1103 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1104 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1105 { | |
1106 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1107 | |
1108 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1109 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1110 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1111 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1112 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1113 | |
1114 /* Clear. */ | |
1115 *row = null_row; | |
1116 | |
1117 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1118 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1119 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1120 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1121 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1123 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1124 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1125 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1127 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1128 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 #endif |
25012 | 1132 } |
1133 | |
1134 | |
1135 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1136 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1137 | |
1138 void | |
1139 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1140 struct window *w; | |
1141 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1142 int y; | |
1143 { | |
1144 int min_y, max_y; | |
1145 | |
25546 | 1146 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 1147 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1148 | |
1149 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1150 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1151 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1152 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1153 row->visible_height = row->height; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
25012 | 1155 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1156 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1157 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1158 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1159 |
1160 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1161 } | |
1162 | |
1163 | |
1164 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1165 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1166 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1167 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1168 ends. */ | |
1169 | |
1170 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1171 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1172 struct glyph_row *row; |
1173 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1174 { | |
1175 int area, i; | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1178 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1179 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1180 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1181 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1182 | |
1183 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1184 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1185 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1186 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1187 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1188 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1189 | |
1190 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1191 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1192 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1193 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1194 } | |
1195 | |
1196 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1197 #if 0 |
25012 | 1198 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1199 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1200 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1201 | |
1202 static void | |
1203 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1204 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1205 { | |
1206 int area; | |
1207 | |
1208 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1209 { | |
1210 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1211 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1212 | |
1213 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1214 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1215 | |
1216 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1217 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1218 | |
1219 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1220 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1221 | |
1222 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1223 { | |
1224 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1225 initialization. */ | |
1226 struct glyph temp; | |
1227 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1228 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1229 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1230 ++glyph_a; | |
1231 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1232 } |
1233 } | |
1234 } | |
25012 | 1235 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1236 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1237 |
1238 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1239 | |
1240 static INLINE void | |
1241 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1242 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1243 { | |
1244 int i; | |
1245 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1246 { | |
1247 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1248 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1249 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1250 } | |
1251 } | |
1252 | |
1253 | |
1254 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1255 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1256 | |
1257 INLINE void | |
1258 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1259 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1260 { | |
1261 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1262 | |
1263 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1264 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1265 | |
1266 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1267 *to = *from; | |
1268 | |
1269 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1270 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1271 } | |
1272 | |
1273 | |
1274 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1275 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1276 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1277 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1278 | |
1279 void | |
1280 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1281 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1282 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1283 { | |
1284 int area; | |
1285 | |
1286 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1287 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1288 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1289 | |
1290 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1291 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1292 if (from->used[area]) | |
1293 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1294 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1295 | |
1296 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1297 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1298 } |
1299 | |
1300 | |
1301 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1302 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1303 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1304 a memory leak. */ | |
1305 | |
1306 static INLINE void | |
1307 assign_row (to, from) | |
1308 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1309 { | |
1310 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1311 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1312 } | |
1313 | |
1314 | |
1315 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1316 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1317 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1318 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1319 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1320 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1321 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
25012 | 1323 static int |
1324 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1325 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1326 { | |
1327 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1328 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1329 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1330 | |
1331 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1332 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1333 } | |
1334 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1335 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1336 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1337 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
25012 | 1339 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1340 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1341 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1342 | |
1343 static struct glyph_row * | |
1344 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1345 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1346 int row; | |
1347 { | |
1348 int i; | |
1349 | |
1350 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1351 | |
1352 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1353 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1354 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1355 break; | |
1356 | |
1357 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1358 } | |
1359 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1360 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1361 |
1362 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1363 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1364 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1365 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1366 | |
1367 void | |
1368 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1369 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1370 { | |
1371 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1372 { | |
1373 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1374 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1375 } | |
1376 } | |
1377 | |
1378 | |
1379 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1380 | |
1381 int | |
1382 line_hash_code (row) | |
1383 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1384 { | |
1385 int hash = 0; | |
1386 | |
1387 if (row->enabled_p) | |
1388 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1389 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1390 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1392 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1393 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1394 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1395 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1396 if (must_write_spaces) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1397 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1398 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1399 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1400 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1401 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1403 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1404 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1405 } |
1406 | |
1407 return hash; | |
1408 } | |
1409 | |
1410 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1411 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1412 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1413 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1414 | |
1415 static unsigned int | |
1416 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1417 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1418 int vpos; | |
1419 { | |
1420 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1421 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1422 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1423 int len; | |
1424 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1425 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1426 | |
1427 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1428 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1429 { | |
1430 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1431 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1432 --end; |
1433 | |
1434 /* All blank line. */ | |
1435 if (end == beg) | |
1436 return 0; | |
1437 | |
1438 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1439 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1440 ++beg; | |
1441 } | |
1442 | |
1443 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1444 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1445 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1446 len = end - beg; | |
1447 else | |
1448 { | |
1449 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1450 in LEN. */ | |
1451 len = 0; | |
1452 while (beg < end) | |
1453 { | |
1454 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1455 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1456 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1457 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1458 len += 1; |
1459 else | |
1460 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1461 | |
1462 ++beg; | |
1463 } | |
1464 } | |
1465 | |
1466 return len; | |
1467 } | |
1468 | |
1469 | |
1470 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1471 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1472 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1473 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1474 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1475 |
1476 static INLINE int | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1477 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1478 struct window *w; |
1479 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1480 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1481 { |
1482 if (a == b) | |
1483 return 1; | |
1484 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1485 return 0; | |
1486 else | |
1487 { | |
1488 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1489 int area; | |
1490 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1491 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1492 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
25012 | 1494 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1495 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1496 { | |
1497 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1498 return 0; | |
1499 | |
1500 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1501 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1502 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1503 | |
1504 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1505 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1506 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1507 | |
1508 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1509 return 0; | |
1510 } | |
1511 | |
1512 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1513 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1514 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1515 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1516 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1517 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1518 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1519 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1520 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1521 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1522 || a->x != b->x | |
1523 /* Different height. */ | |
1524 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1525 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1526 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1527 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1528 return 0; | |
1529 } | |
1530 | |
1531 return 1; | |
1532 } | |
1533 | |
1534 | |
314 | 1535 |
25012 | 1536 /*********************************************************************** |
1537 Glyph Pool | |
1538 | |
1539 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1540 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1541 | |
1542 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1543 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1544 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1545 | |
1546 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1547 new_glyph_pool () | |
1548 { | |
1549 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1550 | |
1551 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1552 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1553 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1554 | |
1555 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1556 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1557 | |
1558 return result; | |
1559 } | |
1560 | |
1561 | |
1562 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1563 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1564 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1565 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1566 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1567 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1568 | |
1569 static void | |
1570 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1571 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1572 { | |
1573 if (pool) | |
1574 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1575 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1576 --glyph_pool_count; |
1577 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1578 | |
1579 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1580 xfree (pool); | |
1581 } | |
1582 } | |
1583 | |
1584 | |
1585 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1586 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1587 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1588 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1589 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1590 | |
1591 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1592 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1593 | |
1594 static int | |
1595 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1596 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1597 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1598 { | |
1599 int needed; | |
1600 int changed_p; | |
1601 | |
1602 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1603 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1604 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1605 | |
1606 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1607 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1608 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1609 { | |
1610 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1611 | |
1612 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1613 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1614 else | |
1615 { | |
1616 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1617 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1618 } | |
1619 | |
1620 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1621 } | |
1622 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1623 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1624 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1625 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1626 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1627 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1628 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1629 | |
1630 return changed_p; | |
1631 } | |
1632 | |
1633 | |
1634 | |
1635 /*********************************************************************** | |
1636 Debug Code | |
1637 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1638 | |
1639 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1640 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1642 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1643 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1644 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1645 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1646 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1647 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1648 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1649 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
25012 | 1652 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1653 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1654 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1655 MATRIX. */ | |
1656 | |
1657 void | |
1658 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1659 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1660 { | |
1661 int i, j; | |
1662 | |
1663 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1664 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1665 xassert (i == j | |
1666 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1667 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1668 } | |
1669 | |
1670 | |
1671 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1672 | |
1673 struct glyph_row * | |
1674 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1675 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1676 int row; | |
1677 { | |
1678 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1679 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1680 | |
1681 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1682 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1683 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1684 #if 0 |
25012 | 1685 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1686 #endif | |
1687 | |
1688 return matrix->rows + row; | |
1689 } | |
1690 | |
1691 | |
1692 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1693 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1694 nevertheless. */ | |
1695 | |
1696 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1697 window W. */ | |
1698 | |
1699 static void | |
1700 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1701 struct window *w; |
1702 { | |
25012 | 1703 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1704 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1705 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1706 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1707 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1708 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1709 int c; | |
1710 | |
1711 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1712 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1713 return; | |
1714 | |
1715 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1716 | |
1717 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1718 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1719 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1720 { | |
1721 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1722 | |
1723 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1724 last_text_row = row; | |
1725 | |
1726 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1727 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1728 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1729 | |
1730 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1731 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1732 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1733 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1734 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1735 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1736 | |
1737 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1738 of next row. */ | |
1739 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1740 { | |
1741 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1742 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1743 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1744 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1745 } | |
1746 row = next; | |
1747 } | |
1748 | |
1749 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1750 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1751 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1752 } | |
1753 | |
1754 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1755 | |
1756 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1757 | |
1758 | |
1759 | |
1760 /********************************************************************** | |
1761 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1762 **********************************************************************/ | |
1763 | |
1764 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1765 redisplay | |
1766 | |
1767 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1768 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1769 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1770 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1771 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1772 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1773 performed. | |
1774 | |
1775 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1776 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1777 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1778 | |
1779 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1780 | |
1781 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1782 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1783 | |
1784 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1785 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1786 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1787 |
1788 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1789 function. | |
1790 | |
1791 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1792 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1793 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1794 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1795 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1796 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1797 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1798 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1799 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1800 | |
1801 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1802 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1803 necessary. | |
1804 | |
1805 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1806 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1807 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1808 windows in the sequence. | |
1809 | |
1810 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1811 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1812 | | | | | | |
1813 | | | | | |
1814 +---------+ | | result height | |
1815 | +---------+ | |
1816 | | | | |
1817 +----------+ --- | |
1818 | |
1819 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1820 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1821 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1822 | |
1823 |<---- result width -->| | |
1824 +---------+ --- | |
1825 | | | | |
1826 | | | | |
1827 +---------+--+ | | |
1828 | | | | |
1829 | | result height | |
1830 | | | |
1831 +------------+---------+ | | |
1832 | | | | |
1833 | | | | |
1834 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1835 | |
1836 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1837 allocated. */ | |
1838 | |
1839 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1840 | |
1841 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1842 size. */ | |
1843 | |
1844 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1845 | |
1846 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1847 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1848 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1849 Lisp_Object window; |
1850 int x, y; | |
1851 int dim_only_p; | |
1852 int *window_change_flags; | |
1853 { | |
1854 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1855 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1856 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1857 struct dim total; | |
1858 struct dim dim; | |
1859 struct window *w; | |
1860 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1861 | |
1862 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1863 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1864 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1865 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1866 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1867 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1868 in_horz_combination_p | |
1869 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1870 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1871 | |
1872 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1873 do | |
1874 { | |
1875 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1876 | |
1877 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1878 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1879 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1880 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1881 dim_only_p, |
1882 window_change_flags); | |
1883 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1884 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1885 dim_only_p, |
1886 window_change_flags); | |
1887 else | |
1888 { | |
1889 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1890 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1891 { | |
1892 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1893 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1894 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1895 } | |
1896 | |
1897 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1898 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1899 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1900 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1901 |
1902 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1903 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1904 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1905 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1906 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1907 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1908 w->right_margin_width) | |
1909 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1910 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1911 w->left_margin_width) | |
1912 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1913 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1914 | |
1915 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1916 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1917 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1918 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1919 necessary. */ | |
1920 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1921 { | |
1922 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1923 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1924 } | |
1925 } | |
1926 | |
1927 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1928 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1929 below W. */ | |
1930 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1931 x += dim.width; | |
1932 else | |
1933 y += dim.height; | |
1934 | |
1935 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1936 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1937 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1938 | |
1939 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1940 window = w->next; | |
1941 } | |
1942 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1943 | |
1944 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1945 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1946 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1947 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1948 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1949 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1950 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1951 { | |
1952 total.width = x - x0; | |
1953 total.height = hmax; | |
1954 } | |
1955 else | |
1956 { | |
1957 total.width = wmax; | |
1958 total.height = y - y0; | |
1959 } | |
1960 | |
1961 return total; | |
1962 } | |
1963 | |
1964 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1965 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1966 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1967 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1968 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1969 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1970 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1974 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1975 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1976 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1979 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1980 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1983 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1984 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1988 return XINT (w->height); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1989 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1994 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1995 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1996 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2005 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2009 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2016 return XINT (w->width); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
25012 | 2020 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2021 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2022 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
2023 | |
2024 static void | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2026 struct window *w; |
2027 { | |
2028 while (w) | |
314 | 2029 { |
25012 | 2030 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2031 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2032 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2033 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2034 else |
314 | 2035 { |
25012 | 2036 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2037 struct dim dim; | |
2038 | |
2039 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2040 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2041 { |
25012 | 2042 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2043 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2044 } |
25012 | 2045 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2046 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2047 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2048 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2049 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2050 } | |
2051 | |
2052 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2053 } | |
2054 } | |
2055 | |
2056 | |
2057 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2058 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2059 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2060 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2061 | |
2062 void | |
2063 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2064 struct frame *f; | |
2065 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2066 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2067 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2068 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2069 |
25012 | 2070 if (f) |
2071 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2072 else | |
2073 { | |
2074 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
2075 | |
2076 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
2077 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2078 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2080 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2081 } |
2082 | |
2083 | |
2084 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
2085 | |
2086 To be called from init_display. | |
2087 | |
2088 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
2089 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2090 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2091 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2092 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2093 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2094 | |
2095 static void | |
2096 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2097 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2098 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2099 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2100 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2101 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2102 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2103 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2104 |
2105 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
2106 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
2107 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2108 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2109 |
2110 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
2111 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
2112 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
2113 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
2114 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2115 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2116 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2117 } | |
2118 | |
2119 | |
2120 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2121 | |
2122 static void | |
2123 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2124 struct frame *f; | |
2125 { | |
2126 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2127 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2128 else | |
2129 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
2130 | |
2131 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
2132 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2133 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2134 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2135 | |
2136 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2137 } | |
2138 | |
2139 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2140 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 struct window *w; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 w = XWINDOW (window); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2158 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 xassert (m->matrix_h == XFASTINT (w->height)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2165 xassert (m->matrix_w == XFASTINT (w->width)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2170 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + XFASTINT (w->top); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2176 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2183 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2184 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2186 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2191 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2192 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2225 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2227 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2228 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2229 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2230 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2232 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2233 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2234 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2235 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2236 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2237 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2238 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2239 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2240 } |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2241 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2242 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2243 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2244 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2245 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
25012 | 2248 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2249 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2250 | |
2251 static void | |
2252 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2253 struct frame *f; | |
2254 { | |
2255 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2256 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2257 int pool_changed_p; | |
2258 int window_change_flags; | |
2259 int top_window_y; | |
2260 | |
2261 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2262 return; | |
2263 | |
2264 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2265 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2266 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2267 | |
2268 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2269 | |
2270 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2271 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2272 { | |
2273 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2274 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2275 } | |
2276 | |
2277 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2278 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2279 { | |
2280 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2281 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2282 } | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2283 |
25012 | 2284 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2285 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2286 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2287 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2288 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2289 matrix. */ | |
2290 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2291 matrix_dim | |
2292 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2293 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2294 1, |
25012 | 2295 &window_change_flags); |
2296 | |
2297 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2298 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2299 | |
2300 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2301 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2302 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2303 | |
2304 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2305 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2306 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2307 { | |
2308 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2309 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2310 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2311 &window_change_flags); |
2312 | |
2313 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2314 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2315 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2316 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2317 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2318 | |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2319 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2320 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2321 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2322 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2323 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2324 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2325 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2326 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2328 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2329 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2330 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2331 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2333 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2334 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2335 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2336 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2337 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2338 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2339 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2340 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2341 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2342 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2343 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2344 } |
25012 | 2345 } |
2346 } | |
2347 | |
2348 | |
2349 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2350 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2351 | |
2352 static void | |
2353 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2354 struct frame *f; | |
2355 { | |
2356 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2357 struct window *w; | |
2358 | |
2359 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2360 | |
2361 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2362 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2363 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2364 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2365 #else | |
2366 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2367 #endif | |
2368 | |
2369 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2370 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2371 |
2372 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2373 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2374 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2375 { | |
2376 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2377 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2378 { | |
2379 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2380 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2381 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2382 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2383 } | |
2384 else | |
2385 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2386 | |
2387 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2388 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2389 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2390 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2391 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2392 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2393 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2394 } |
2395 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2396 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2397 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2398 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2399 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2400 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2401 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2402 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2403 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2404 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2405 } | |
2406 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2407 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2408 |
2409 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2410 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2411 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 2412 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2413 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2414 } |
2415 | |
2416 | |
2417 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2418 | |
2419 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2420 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2421 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2422 | |
2423 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2424 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2425 | |
2426 static void | |
2427 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2428 struct frame *f; | |
2429 { | |
2430 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2431 | |
2432 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2433 { | |
2434 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2435 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2436 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2437 } | |
2438 else | |
2439 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2440 } | |
2441 | |
2442 | |
2443 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2444 | |
2445 static void | |
2446 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2447 struct frame *f; | |
2448 { | |
2449 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2450 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2451 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2452 } | |
2453 | |
2454 | |
2455 | |
2456 /********************************************************************** | |
2457 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2458 **********************************************************************/ | |
2459 | |
2460 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2461 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2462 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2463 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2464 | |
2465 void | |
2466 free_glyphs (f) | |
2467 struct frame *f; | |
2468 { | |
2469 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2470 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2471 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2472 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2473 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2474 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
2475 | |
2476 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2477 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2478 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2479 | |
2480 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2481 glyph matrices. */ | |
2482 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2483 { | |
2484 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2485 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2486 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2487 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2488 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2489 } | |
2490 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2491 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2492 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2493 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2494 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2495 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2496 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2497 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2498 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2499 } |
2500 | |
2501 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2502 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2503 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2504 { | |
2505 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2506 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2507 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2508 } | |
2509 | |
2510 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2511 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2512 { | |
2513 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2514 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2515 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2516 } |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2518 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2519 } |
2520 } | |
2521 | |
25012 | 2522 |
2523 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2524 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2525 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2526 | |
2527 void | |
2528 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2529 struct window *w; | |
2530 { | |
2531 while (w) | |
2532 { | |
2533 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2534 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2535 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2536 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2537 else | |
2538 { | |
2539 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2540 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2541 W. */ | |
2542 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2543 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2544 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2545 } | |
2546 | |
2547 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2548 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2549 } | |
2550 } | |
2551 | |
2552 | |
2553 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2554 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2555 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2556 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2558 void |
25012 | 2559 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2560 { |
25012 | 2561 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2562 | |
2563 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2564 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2565 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2566 | |
2567 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2568 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2569 abort (); | |
2570 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2571 abort (); | |
2572 } | |
2573 | |
2574 | |
2575 | |
2576 /********************************************************************** | |
2577 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2578 **********************************************************************/ | |
2579 | |
2580 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2581 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2582 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2583 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2584 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2585 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2586 window matrices in this section. | |
2587 | |
2588 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2589 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2590 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2591 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2592 | |
2593 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2594 | desired | desired | | |
2595 | | | | |
2596 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2597 | current | | |
2598 | | | |
2599 +----------------------------------+ | |
2600 | |
2601 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2602 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2603 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2604 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2605 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2606 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2607 | |
2608 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2609 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2610 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2611 enabled. | |
2612 | |
2613 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2614 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2615 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2616 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2617 | |
2618 This problem is solved like this: | |
2619 | |
2620 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2621 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2622 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2623 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2624 automatically. | |
2625 | |
2626 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2627 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2628 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2629 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2630 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2631 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2632 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2633 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2634 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2635 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2636 | |
2637 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2638 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2639 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2640 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2641 | |
2642 static void | |
2643 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2644 struct frame *f; | |
2645 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2646 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2647 |
25012 | 2648 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2649 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2650 | |
2651 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2652 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2653 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2654 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2655 | |
2656 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2657 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2658 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2659 } | |
2660 | |
2661 | |
2662 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2663 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2664 | |
2665 static void | |
2666 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2667 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2668 struct window *w; | |
2669 { | |
2670 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2671 { |
25012 | 2672 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2673 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2674 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2675 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2676 else | |
2677 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2678 | |
2679 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2680 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2681 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
25012 | 2683 |
2684 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2685 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2686 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2687 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2688 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2689 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2690 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2691 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2692 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2693 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2694 | |
2695 static void | |
2696 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2697 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2698 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2699 { |
25012 | 2700 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2701 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2702 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2703 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2704 | |
2705 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2706 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2707 { | |
2708 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2709 | |
2710 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2711 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2712 { | |
2713 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2714 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2715 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2716 : '|'); | |
2717 } | |
2718 } | |
2719 else | |
2720 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2721 | |
2722 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2723 frame matrix. */ | |
2724 window_y = 0; | |
2725 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2726 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2727 { |
25012 | 2728 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2729 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2730 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2731 |
2732 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2733 window row. */ | |
2734 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2735 | |
2736 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2737 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2738 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2739 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2740 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2741 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2742 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2743 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2744 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2745 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2746 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2747 } |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2748 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2749 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2750 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2751 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2752 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2753 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2754 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2755 } | |
2756 else | |
2757 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2758 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2759 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2760 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2761 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2762 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
25012 | 2764 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2765 windows. */ | |
2766 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2767 { | |
2768 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2769 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2770 } | |
2771 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2772 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2773 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2774 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2775 |
25012 | 2776 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2777 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2779 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2780 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2781 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2782 #endif |
25012 | 2783 } |
2784 | |
2785 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2786 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2787 can be done simply. */ | |
2788 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2789 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2790 | |
2791 /* Next row. */ | |
2792 ++window_y; | |
2793 ++frame_y; | |
2794 } | |
2795 } | |
2796 | |
2797 | |
2798 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2799 | |
2800 Each row has the form: | |
2801 | |
2802 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2803 | left | text | right | | |
2804 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2805 | |
2806 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2807 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2808 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2809 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2810 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2811 | |
2812 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2813 | |
2814 static void | |
2815 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2816 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2817 { | |
2818 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2819 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2820 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2821 } | |
2822 | |
2823 | |
2824 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2825 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2826 | |
2827 static void | |
2828 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2829 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2830 int area; | |
2831 { | |
2832 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2833 { | |
2834 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2835 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2836 | |
2837 while (text < end) | |
2838 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2839 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2840 } | |
2841 } | |
2842 | |
2843 | |
2844 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2845 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2846 | |
2847 static void | |
2848 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2849 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2850 int upto; | |
2851 { | |
2852 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2853 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2854 | |
2855 while (i < upto) | |
2856 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2857 | |
2858 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2859 } | |
2860 | |
2861 | |
2862 | |
2863 /********************************************************************** | |
2864 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2865 **********************************************************************/ | |
2866 | |
2867 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2868 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2869 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2870 | |
2871 static INLINE void | |
2872 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2873 struct frame *f; | |
2874 { | |
2875 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2876 } | |
2877 | |
2878 | |
2879 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2880 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2881 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2882 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2883 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2884 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2885 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2886 | |
2887 static INLINE void | |
2888 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2889 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2890 int row; | |
2891 { | |
2892 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2893 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2894 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2895 |
2896 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2897 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2898 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2899 | |
2900 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2901 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2902 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2903 |
2904 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2905 for window matrices. */ | |
2906 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2907 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2908 } | |
2909 | |
2910 | |
2911 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2912 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2913 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2914 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2915 | |
2916 static void | |
2917 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2918 struct window *w; | |
2919 int frame_row; | |
2920 { | |
2921 while (w) | |
2922 { | |
2923 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2924 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2925 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2926 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2927 else | |
2928 { | |
2929 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2930 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2931 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2932 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2933 | |
2934 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2935 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2936 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2937 { |
25012 | 2938 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2939 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2940 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2941 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2942 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2943 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2944 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2945 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2946 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2947 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2948 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2949 } |
25012 | 2950 |
2951 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2952 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2953 } |
25012 | 2954 |
2955 | |
2956 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2957 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2958 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2959 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2960 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2961 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2962 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2963 | |
2964 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2965 | |
2966 void | |
2967 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2968 retained_p) | |
2969 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2970 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2971 int *copy_from; | |
2972 char *retained_p; | |
2973 { | |
2974 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2975 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2976 | |
2977 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2978 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2979 | |
2980 int i; | |
2981 | |
2982 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2983 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2984 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2985 | |
2986 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2987 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2988 { | |
2989 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2990 | |
2991 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2992 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2993 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2994 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2995 | |
2996 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2997 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2998 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2999 } | |
3000 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3001 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 3002 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
3003 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
3004 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3005 } | |
3006 | |
3007 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3009 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3011 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3012 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3013 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3017 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3018 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3019 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3022 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3023 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_width); |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3024 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_width); |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3025 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3026 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3027 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3028 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3029 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3031 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3032 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3033 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3034 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3035 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3036 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3037 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3038 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3039 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3040 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3041 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3042 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3043 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3044 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 struct window *found = NULL; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3059 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3061 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3062 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3063 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3064 found = w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3065 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3066 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3067 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3069 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3070 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3071 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
25012 | 3073 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3074 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3075 | |
3076 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3077 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3078 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3079 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3080 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3081 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3082 which is empty. */ | |
3083 | |
3084 static void | |
3085 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3086 struct window *w; | |
3087 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3088 int *copy_from; | |
3089 char *retained_p; | |
3090 { | |
3091 while (w) | |
3092 { | |
3093 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3094 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3095 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3096 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3097 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3098 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3099 else | |
3100 { | |
3101 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3102 matrix m. */ | |
3103 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3104 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3105 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3106 | |
3107 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3108 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3109 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3110 | |
3111 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3112 { | |
3113 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3114 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
3115 | |
3116 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
3117 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
3118 | |
3119 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
3120 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
3121 | |
3122 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
3123 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
3124 | |
3125 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
3126 int from_inside_window_p | |
3127 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
3128 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3129 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3130 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3131 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3132 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3133 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3134 { |
3135 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3136 int enabled_before_p; | |
3137 | |
3138 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
3139 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3140 that. */ | |
3141 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3142 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3143 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3144 | |
3145 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
3146 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3147 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3148 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3149 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3150 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3151 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3152 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3157 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3158 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3160 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 m2->rows + m2_from); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3166 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3167 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3168 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3169 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3170 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3171 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3172 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3173 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3174 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3175 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3176 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3177 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
25012 | 3178 |
3179 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
3180 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3181 } | |
3182 | |
3183 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3184 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3185 } | |
3186 } | |
3187 | |
3188 | |
3189 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3190 | |
3191 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3192 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3193 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3194 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3195 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3196 |
21514 | 3197 void |
25012 | 3198 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3199 struct window *w; |
3200 { | |
25012 | 3201 while (w) |
3202 { | |
3203 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3204 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3205 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3206 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3207 else | |
3208 { | |
3209 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3210 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3211 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3212 } | |
3213 | |
3214 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3215 } | |
3216 } | |
3217 | |
3218 | |
3219 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3220 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3221 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3222 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3223 | |
3224 static void | |
3225 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3226 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3227 { | |
3228 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3229 int i = 0; | |
3230 | |
3231 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3232 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3233 | |
3234 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
3235 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
3236 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3237 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3238 { | |
3239 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3240 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3241 abort (); | |
3242 ++i, ++j; | |
3243 } | |
3244 } | |
3245 | |
3246 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3247 | |
3248 | |
3249 | |
3250 /********************************************************************** | |
3251 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3252 **********************************************************************/ | |
3253 | |
3254 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3255 | |
3256 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3257 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3258 | |
3259 static int | |
3260 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3261 struct window *w; | |
3262 int vpos; | |
3263 { | |
3264 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3265 | |
3266 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3267 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
3268 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
3269 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
3270 return vpos; | |
3271 } | |
3272 | |
3273 | |
3274 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3275 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3276 |
3277 static int | |
3278 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3279 struct window *w; | |
3280 int hpos; | |
3281 { | |
3282 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3283 | |
3284 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3285 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
3286 return hpos; | |
314 | 3287 } |
25012 | 3288 |
3289 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
3290 | |
3291 | |
314 | 3292 |
25012 | 3293 /********************************************************************** |
3294 Redrawing Frames | |
3295 **********************************************************************/ | |
3296 | |
3297 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3298 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3299 (frame) |
25012 | 3300 Lisp_Object frame; |
3301 { | |
3302 struct frame *f; | |
3303 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3304 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3305 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3306 | |
3307 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3308 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3309 called so early here). */ | |
3310 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3311 return Qnil; | |
3312 | |
3313 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3314 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3315 set_terminal_modes (); |
3316 clear_frame (); | |
3317 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3318 update_end (f); | |
3319 fflush (stdout); | |
3320 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3321 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3322 its redisplay done. */ | |
3323 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3324 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3325 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3326 return Qnil; | |
3327 } | |
3328 | |
3329 | |
3330 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3331 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3332 | |
3333 void | |
3334 redraw_frame (f) | |
3335 struct frame *f; | |
3336 { | |
3337 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3338 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3339 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3340 } | |
3341 | |
3342 | |
3343 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3344 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3345 () |
25012 | 3346 { |
3347 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3348 | |
3349 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3350 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3351 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3352 | |
3353 return Qnil; | |
3354 } | |
3355 | |
3356 | |
3357 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3358 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3359 | |
3360 void | |
3361 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3362 { | |
3363 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3364 | |
3365 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3366 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3367 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3368 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3369 } | |
3370 | |
3371 | |
3372 | |
3373 /*********************************************************************** | |
3374 Direct Operations | |
3375 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3376 | |
3377 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3378 | |
3379 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3380 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3381 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3382 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3383 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3384 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3385 | |
3386 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3387 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3388 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3389 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3390 |
3391 int | |
3392 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3393 int g; | |
3394 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3395 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3396 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3397 struct it it, it2; | |
3398 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3399 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3400 int n; | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3401 /* Non-null means that redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3402 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); |
3403 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3404 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3405 int added_width; | |
3406 struct text_pos pos; | |
3407 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3408 | |
3409 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3410 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3411 | |
3412 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3413 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3414 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3415 || fonts_changed_p | |
3416 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3417 || face_change_count | |
3418 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3419 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3420 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3421 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3422 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3423 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3424 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3425 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3426 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3427 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3428 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3429 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3430 || (overwrite_p | |
3431 && PT != ZV | |
3432 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3433 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3434 || g == '\t' | |
3435 || g == '\n' | |
3436 || g == '\r' | |
3437 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3438 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3439 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3440 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3441 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3442 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3443 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3444 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3445 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3446 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3447 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3448 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3449 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3450 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3451 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3452 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3453 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3454 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3455 return 0; | |
3456 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3457 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3458 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3459 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3460 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3461 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3462 |
25012 | 3463 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3464 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3465 position. */ | |
3466 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3467 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3468 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3469 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3470 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3471 | |
3472 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3473 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3474 return 0; |
25012 | 3475 |
3476 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3477 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3478 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3479 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3480 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3481 { | |
3482 struct glyph *last; | |
3483 | |
3484 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3485 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3486 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3487 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3488 return 0; |
3489 } | |
3490 | |
3491 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3492 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3493 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3494 return 0; | |
3495 | |
3496 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3497 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3498 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3499 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3500 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3501 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3502 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3503 |
3504 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3505 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3506 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3507 combination of both. */ | |
3508 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3509 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3510 { | |
3511 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3512 | |
3513 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3514 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3515 return 0; | |
3516 | |
3517 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3518 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3519 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3520 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3521 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3522 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3523 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3524 return 0; | |
3525 | |
3526 delta += 1; | |
3527 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3528 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3529 } |
3530 | |
3531 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3532 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3533 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3534 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3535 return 0; |
3536 | |
25012 | 3537 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3538 it2 = it; | |
3539 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3540 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3541 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3542 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3543 { | |
3544 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3545 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3546 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3547 } |
3548 | |
3549 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3550 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3551 | |
3552 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3553 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3554 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3555 | |
3556 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3557 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3558 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3559 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3560 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3561 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3562 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3563 | |
3564 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3565 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3566 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3567 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3568 while (glyph < end) | |
3569 { | |
3570 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3571 ++glyph; | |
3572 } | |
3573 | |
3574 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3575 inserted ones. */ | |
3576 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3577 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3578 glyph->charpos += delta; |
3579 | |
3580 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3581 { | |
3582 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3583 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3584 } | |
3585 | |
3586 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3587 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3588 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3589 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3590 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3591 |
3592 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3593 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3594 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3595 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3596 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3597 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3598 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3599 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3600 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3601 | |
3602 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3603 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3604 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3605 and updated_row. */ | |
3606 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3607 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3608 update_begin (f); |
3609 if (rif) | |
3610 { | |
3611 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3612 | |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3613 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3614 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3615 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3616 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3617 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3618 else | |
3619 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3620 } | |
3621 else | |
3622 { | |
3623 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3624 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3625 else | |
3626 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3627 } | |
3628 | |
3629 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3630 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3631 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3632 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3633 | |
3634 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3635 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3636 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3637 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3638 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3639 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3640 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3641 else | |
3642 { | |
3643 int x, y; | |
3644 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3645 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3646 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3647 : 0)); | |
3648 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3649 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3650 } | |
3651 | |
3652 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3653 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3654 update_end (f); |
3655 updated_row = NULL; | |
3656 fflush (stdout); | |
3657 | |
3658 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
44260
64c67a3eebb2
(direct_output_for_insert): Call
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
43729
diff
changeset
|
3659 mark_window_display_accurate (it.window, 1); |
25012 | 3660 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3661 return 1; |
3662 } | |
3663 | |
25012 | 3664 |
3665 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3666 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3667 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3668 | |
314 | 3669 int |
3670 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3671 int n; | |
3672 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3673 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3674 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3675 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3676 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3677 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3678 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3679 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3680 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3681 |
25012 | 3682 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3683 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3684 return 0; |
25012 | 3685 |
3686 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3687 displaying a message. */ | |
3688 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3689 return 0; | |
3690 | |
3691 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3692 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3693 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3694 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3695 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3696 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3697 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3698 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3699 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3700 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3701 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3703 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3704 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3705 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3706 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3709 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3710 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3711 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3712 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3713 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3714 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3715 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3716 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
25012 | 3718 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3719 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3720 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
41069
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3721 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) |
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3722 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)) |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3723 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
25012 | 3725 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3726 |
25012 | 3727 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3728 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3729 |
3730 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3731 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3732 | |
3733 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3734 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3735 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3736 else | |
3737 { | |
3738 int x, y; | |
3739 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3740 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3741 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3742 : 0)); | |
3743 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3744 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3745 } | |
3746 | |
314 | 3747 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3748 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3749 return 1; |
3750 } | |
25012 | 3751 |
3752 | |
314 | 3753 |
25012 | 3754 /*********************************************************************** |
3755 Frame Update | |
3756 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3757 | |
3758 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3759 | |
3760 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3761 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3762 scrolling. | |
3763 | |
3764 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
314 | 3765 |
3766 int | |
25012 | 3767 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3768 struct frame *f; | |
3769 int force_p; | |
3770 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3771 { | |
3772 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3773 int paused_p; | |
3774 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3775 | |
3776 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3777 { | |
3778 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3779 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3780 | |
3781 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3782 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3783 | |
3784 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3785 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3786 update_begin (f); | |
3787 | |
3788 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3789 support. */ | |
3790 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3791 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3792 | |
3793 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3794 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3795 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3796 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3797 |
3798 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3799 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3800 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3801 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3802 |
25012 | 3803 update_window (w, 1); |
3804 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3805 | |
3806 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3807 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3808 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3809 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3810 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3811 } |
3812 } | |
3813 | |
3814 | |
3815 /* Update windows. */ | |
3816 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3817 update_end (f); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3818 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3819 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3820 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3821 rif->flush_display (f); |
3822 #endif | |
3823 } | |
3824 else | |
3825 { | |
3826 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3827 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3828 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3829 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3830 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3831 build_frame_matrix (f); |
3832 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3833 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3834 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3835 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3836 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3837 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3838 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3839 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3840 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3841 |
25012 | 3842 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3843 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3844 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3845 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3846 #endif |
25012 | 3847 } |
3848 | |
3849 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3850 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3851 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3852 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3853 return paused_p; |
3854 } | |
3855 | |
3856 | |
3857 | |
3858 /************************************************************************ | |
3859 Window-based updates | |
3860 ************************************************************************/ | |
3861 | |
3862 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3863 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3864 | |
3865 static int | |
3866 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3867 struct window *w; | |
3868 int force_p; | |
3869 { | |
3870 int paused_p = 0; | |
3871 | |
3872 while (w && !paused_p) | |
3873 { | |
3874 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3875 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3876 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3877 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3878 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3879 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3880 | |
3881 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3882 } | |
3883 | |
3884 return paused_p; | |
3885 } | |
3886 | |
3887 | |
3888 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3889 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3890 | |
3891 void | |
3892 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3893 struct window *w; | |
3894 int force_p; | |
3895 { | |
3896 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3897 { | |
3898 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3899 | |
3900 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3901 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3902 | |
3903 /* Update W. */ | |
3904 update_begin (f); | |
3905 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3906 update_end (f); | |
3907 | |
3908 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3909 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3910 } | |
3911 } | |
3912 | |
3913 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3914 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3915 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3916 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3917 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3918 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3919 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3920 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3922 int i; |
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3925 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3928 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3929 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3931 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 enum glyph_row_area area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3959 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 struct glyph_row *row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3994 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3998 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3999 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4000 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4001 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4002 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4003 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4004 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4005 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4006 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4008 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4010 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4011 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4012 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4013 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4014 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4015 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4016 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4017 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4018 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4019 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4020 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4021 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4022 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4023 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4024 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4025 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4026 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4027 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4028 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4029 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4030 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4031 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4032 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4033 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4034 |
25012 | 4035 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4036 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4037 | |
4038 static int | |
4039 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4040 struct window *w; | |
4041 int force_p; | |
4042 { | |
4043 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4044 int paused_p; | |
4045 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4046 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4047 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4048 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4049 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
25012 | 4050 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4051 #endif |
25012 | 4052 |
4053 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4054 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4055 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4056 | |
4057 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4058 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4059 force_p = 1; | |
4060 else | |
4061 detect_input_pending (); | |
4062 | |
4063 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4064 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4065 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4066 { |
4067 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4068 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4069 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4070 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4071 |
4072 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4073 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4074 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4075 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4076 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 4077 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
4078 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4079 |
25012 | 4080 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4081 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4082 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4083 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4084 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4085 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4086 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4087 |
4088 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4089 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4090 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4091 { | |
4092 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4093 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4094 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4095 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4096 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4097 } |
4098 | |
4099 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4100 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4101 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4102 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4103 ++row; | |
4104 | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4105 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4106 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4107 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4108 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4109 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4110 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4111 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4112 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4113 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4114 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4115 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4116 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4117 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4118 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4119 } |
25012 | 4120 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4121 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
25012 | 4122 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
4123 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4124 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4125 { |
25546 | 4126 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4127 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4128 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4129 } |
4130 | |
4131 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4132 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4133 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4134 { |
4135 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4136 int i; | |
4137 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4138 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 4139 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
4140 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4141 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4142 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4143 detect_input_pending (); |
4144 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4145 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4146 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4147 |
4148 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4149 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4150 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4151 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4152 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4153 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4154 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4155 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4156 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4157 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4158 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4159 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4160 } | |
4161 | |
4162 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4163 paused_p = row < end; | |
4164 | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4165 set_cursor: |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4166 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4167 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4168 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4169 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4170 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4171 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4172 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4173 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4174 } |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4175 |
25012 | 4176 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4177 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4178 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4179 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4180 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4181 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4182 #endif | |
4183 } | |
4184 | |
4185 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4186 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4187 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4188 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4189 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4190 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4191 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4192 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4193 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4194 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4195 } |
4196 else | |
4197 paused_p = 1; | |
4198 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4199 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4200 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4201 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4202 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4203 |
25012 | 4204 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4205 |
25012 | 4206 return paused_p; |
4207 } | |
4208 | |
4209 | |
4210 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4211 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4212 | |
4213 static void | |
4214 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4215 struct window *w; | |
4216 int area, vpos; | |
4217 { | |
4218 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4219 | |
4220 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4221 will be relative to. */ | |
4222 updated_area = area; | |
4223 | |
4224 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4225 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4226 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4227 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4228 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4229 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4230 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4231 } | |
4232 | |
4233 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4234 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4235 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4236 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4237 static int |
25012 | 4238 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4239 struct window *w; | |
4240 int vpos; | |
314 | 4241 { |
25012 | 4242 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4243 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4244 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4245 |
4246 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4247 will be relative to. */ | |
4248 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
4249 | |
4250 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
4251 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4252 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4253 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4254 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4255 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4256 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4257 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4258 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4259 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4260 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4261 { | |
4262 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
4263 | |
4264 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4265 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4266 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4267 | |
4268 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
4269 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4270 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4271 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4272 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4273 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4274 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4275 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4276 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4277 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4278 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4279 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4280 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4281 } |
4282 else | |
4283 { | |
4284 int stop, i, x; | |
4285 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4286 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4287 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4288 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4289 |
25012 | 4290 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4291 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4292 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4293 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4294 --desired_stop_pos; |
25012 | 4295 |
4296 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
4297 i = 0; | |
4298 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4299 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4300 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4301 in common. */ |
25012 | 4302 while (i < stop) |
4303 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4304 int can_skip_p = 1; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
25012 | 4306 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4307 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4308 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4309 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4310 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4311 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4312 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4313 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4314 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4315 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4316 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4317 int left, right; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4319 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4320 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4321 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4322 } |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4323 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4324 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4325 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4326 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4327 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4328 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4329 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4330 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4331 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4333 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4334 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4335 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4336 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4337 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4338 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4339 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4340 taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4341 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4342 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4343 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4344 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4345 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4346 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4347 int left, right; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4350 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4351 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4353 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4354 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4355 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 } |
25012 | 4357 } |
4358 } | |
4359 | |
4360 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
4361 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4362 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4363 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4364 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4365 { | |
4366 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4367 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4368 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4369 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4370 |
25012 | 4371 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4372 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4373 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4374 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4375 && x == current_x) |
4376 { | |
4377 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4378 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4379 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4380 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4381 } |
4382 | |
4383 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4384 { | |
4385 i = start_hpos; | |
4386 x = start_x; | |
4387 desired_glyph = start; | |
4388 break; | |
4389 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4390 |
25012 | 4391 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4392 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4393 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4394 } |
4395 } | |
4396 | |
4397 /* Write the rest. */ | |
4398 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4399 { | |
4400 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4401 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4402 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4403 } |
4404 | |
4405 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
4406 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4407 { | |
4408 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4409 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4410 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4411 appropriately above. */ | |
4412 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4413 } | |
4414 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4415 { | |
4416 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4417 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4418 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4419 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4420 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4421 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4422 } |
4423 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4424 { | |
4425 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4426 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4427 int x; | |
4428 | |
4429 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4430 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4431 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4432 | |
4433 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4434 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4435 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4436 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4437 this way. */ | |
4438 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4439 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4440 { | |
4441 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4442 x = -1; | |
4443 } | |
4444 else | |
4445 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4446 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4447 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4448 } |
4449 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4450 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4451 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4452 } |
4453 | |
4454 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4455 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4456 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4457 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4458 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4459 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4460 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4461 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4462 { |
4463 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4464 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4465 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4466 |
4467 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4468 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4469 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4470 | |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4471 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4472 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4473 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4474 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4475 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4476 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4478 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4479 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4481 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4482 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4483 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4484 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4485 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4486 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4487 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4488 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4489 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4490 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4492 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4493 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4497 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4498 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4500 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4503 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4505 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4506 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4507 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4508 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4509 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4510 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4511 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4512 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4513 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4514 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4515 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4516 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4517 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4518 } |
25012 | 4519 |
4520 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4521 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4522 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4523 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4524 } |
4525 | |
4526 | |
4527 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4528 be called from update_window. */ | |
4529 | |
4530 static void | |
4531 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4532 struct window *w; | |
4533 { | |
4534 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4535 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4536 | |
4537 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4538 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4539 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4540 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4541 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4542 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4543 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4544 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4545 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4546 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4547 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4548 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4549 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4550 { | |
4551 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4552 | |
4553 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4554 { | |
4555 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4556 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4557 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4558 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4559 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4560 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4561 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4562 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4563 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4564 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4565 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4566 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4567 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4568 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4569 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4570 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4571 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4572 ++row; |
25012 | 4573 } |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4574 |
25012 | 4575 if (last_row) |
4576 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4577 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4578 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4579 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4580 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4581 --last; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4582 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4583 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4584 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4585 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4586 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4587 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4588 |
25012 | 4589 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4590 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4591 } |
4592 } | |
4593 } | |
4594 else | |
4595 { | |
4596 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4597 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4598 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4599 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4600 } | |
4601 | |
4602 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4603 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4604 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4605 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4606 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4607 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4608 } | |
4609 | |
4610 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4611 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4612 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4613 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4614 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4615 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4617 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 int old_uses, new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 int bucket; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4703 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 entry = entry->next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4710 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4711 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4712 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4713 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4714 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4715 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4716 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4717 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4719 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4720 |
25012 | 4721 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4722 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4723 |
4724 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4725 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4726 O(N) time. | |
4727 | |
4728 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4729 | |
4730 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4731 | |
4732 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4733 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4734 | |
4735 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4736 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4737 | |
4738 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4739 forward and backward. | |
4740 | |
4741 Value is | |
4742 | |
4743 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4744 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4745 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4746 | |
4747 static int | |
25546 | 4748 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4749 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4750 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4751 { |
4752 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4753 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4754 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4755 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4756 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4757 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4758 |
4759 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4760 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4761 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4762 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4763 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4764 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4765 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4766 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4767 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4768 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4769 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4770 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4771 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4772 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4773 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4774 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4775 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4776 break; |
25012 | 4777 } |
4778 | |
4779 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4780 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4781 return -1; | |
4782 | |
4783 first_old = first_new = i; | |
4784 | |
4785 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4786 desired matrix. */ | |
4787 i = first_new + 1; | |
4788 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4789 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4790 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4791 ++i; |
4792 | |
4793 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4794 return 0; | |
4795 | |
4796 last_new = i; | |
4797 | |
4798 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4799 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4800 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4801 disabled. */ | |
4802 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4803 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4804 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4805 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4806 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4807 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4808 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4809 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4810 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4811 |
25012 | 4812 last_old = i; |
4813 | |
4814 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4815 i = last_new; | |
4816 j = last_old; | |
4817 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4818 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4819 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4820 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4821 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4822 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4823 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4824 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4825 --i, --j; |
4826 last_new = i; | |
4827 last_old = j; | |
4828 | |
4829 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4830 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4831 return 0; | |
4832 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4833 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4834 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4835 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4836 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4837 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4838 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4839 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4840 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4841 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4842 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4843 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4844 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4845 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4846 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4850 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4851 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4853 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4866 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4867 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4874 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4875 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4877 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4878 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 |
25012 | 4880 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4881 { | |
4882 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4883 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4884 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4885 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4886 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4887 } |
4888 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4890 } |
4891 | |
4892 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4893 { | |
4894 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4895 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4896 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4897 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4898 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4899 } |
4900 | |
4901 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4902 in both matrices. */ | |
4903 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4904 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4905 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4906 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4907 { |
4908 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4909 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4910 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4911 |
4912 /* Record move. */ | |
4913 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4914 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4915 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4916 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4917 run->nrows = 1; | |
4918 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4919 | |
4920 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4921 j = i - 1; | |
4922 k = new_line - 1; | |
4923 while (j > first_old | |
4924 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4925 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4926 { |
4927 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4928 --run->current_vpos; | |
4929 --run->desired_vpos; | |
4930 ++run->nrows; | |
4931 run->height += h; | |
4932 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4933 run->current_y -= h; | |
4934 --j, --k; | |
4935 } | |
4936 | |
4937 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4938 j = i + 1; | |
4939 k = new_line + 1; | |
4940 while (j < last_old | |
4941 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4942 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4943 { |
4944 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4945 ++run->nrows; | |
4946 run->height += h; | |
4947 ++j, ++k; | |
4948 } | |
4949 | |
4950 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4951 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4952 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4953 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4954 case. */ | |
4955 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4956 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4957 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4958 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4959 runs[j] = run; | |
4960 ++nruns; | |
4961 | |
4962 i += run->nrows; | |
4963 } | |
4964 else | |
4965 ++i; | |
4966 | |
4967 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4968 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4969 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4970 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4971 | |
4972 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4973 | A | | B | | |
4974 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4975 | B | | A | | |
4976 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4977 | |
4978 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4979 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4980 | |
4981 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4982 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4983 { | |
4984 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4985 | |
4986 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4987 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4988 { | |
4989 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4990 | |
4991 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4992 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4993 { | |
4994 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
4995 | |
4996 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
4997 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4998 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4999 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
5000 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
5001 p->nrows = 0; | |
5002 } | |
5003 } | |
5004 | |
5005 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
5006 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
5007 { | |
5008 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5009 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5010 |
25012 | 5011 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5012 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5013 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5014 assign_row (to, from); |
5015 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5016 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5017 } |
5018 } | |
5019 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5020 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5021 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5022 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5023 |
25012 | 5024 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5025 return 1; | |
5026 } | |
5027 | |
5028 | |
5029 | |
5030 /************************************************************************ | |
5031 Frame-Based Updates | |
5032 ************************************************************************/ | |
5033 | |
5034 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5035 | |
5036 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5037 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5038 should not be tried. | |
5039 | |
5040 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5041 | |
5042 static int | |
5043 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5044 struct frame *f; | |
5045 int force_p; | |
5046 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5047 { | |
5048 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5049 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5050 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5051 int i; | |
314 | 5052 int pause; |
5053 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5054 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5055 |
5056 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5057 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5058 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5059 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5060 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5061 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5062 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5063 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5064 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5065 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5066 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5067 { |
5068 pause = 1; | |
5069 goto do_pause; | |
5070 } | |
5071 | |
25012 | 5072 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5073 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5074 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5075 |
493 | 5076 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5077 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5078 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5079 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5080 break; |
5081 | |
5082 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5083 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5084 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5085 |
5086 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5087 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5088 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5089 | |
5090 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5091 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5092 { |
25012 | 5093 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5094 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5095 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5096 { |
5097 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5098 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5099 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5100 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5101 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5102 if (outq > 900 | |
5103 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5104 { | |
5105 fflush (stdout); | |
5106 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5107 { | |
554 | 5108 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5109 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5110 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5111 the outq count. */ |
314 | 5112 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5113 #endif | |
5114 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5115 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5116 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5117 } |
5118 } | |
5119 } | |
5120 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5121 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5122 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5123 |
25012 | 5124 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5125 } |
5126 } | |
25012 | 5127 |
764 | 5128 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5129 |
5130 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5131 if (!pause) | |
5132 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5133 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5134 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5135 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5136 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5137 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5138 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5139 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5140 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5141 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5142 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5143 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5144 { |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5145 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5146 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5147 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5148 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5149 { |
25012 | 5150 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5151 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5152 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5153 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5154 } |
708 | 5155 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5156 { |
25012 | 5157 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5158 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5159 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5160 any text on it. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5161 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5162 do |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5163 { |
25012 | 5164 --row; |
5165 col = 0; | |
5166 | |
5167 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
5168 { | |
5169 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5170 must be ignored here. */ | |
5171 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5172 row); | |
5173 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5174 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5175 | |
5176 while (last > start | |
5177 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5178 --last; | |
5179 | |
5180 col = last - start; | |
5181 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5182 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5183 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5184 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5185 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5186 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5187 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5188 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5189 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5190 { |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5191 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5192 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5193 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5194 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5195 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5196 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5197 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5198 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5199 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5200 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5201 } |
314 | 5202 else |
25012 | 5203 { |
5204 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5205 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5206 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5207 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5208 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5209 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5210 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5211 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5212 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5213 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
25012 | 5214 { |
5215 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5216 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5217 | |
5218 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
5219 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
5220 | |
5221 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
5222 cursor_to (y, x); | |
5223 } | |
5224 } | |
314 | 5225 } |
5226 | |
5227 do_pause: | |
5228 | |
25012 | 5229 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5230 return pause; |
5231 } | |
5232 | |
25012 | 5233 |
5234 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5235 |
21514 | 5236 int |
764 | 5237 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5238 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5239 { |
5240 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5241 int window_size; | |
5242 int changed_lines; | |
764 | 5243 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
5244 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
5245 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5246 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5247 register int i; |
764 | 5248 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
25012 | 5249 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5250 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5251 | |
5252 if (!current_matrix) | |
5253 abort (); | |
5254 | |
5255 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5256 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5257 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5258 changed_lines = 0; |
5259 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
764 | 5260 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5261 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
314 | 5262 { |
5263 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5264 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5265 return 0; |
25012 | 5266 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5267 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5268 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5269 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5270 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5271 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5272 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5273 } |
314 | 5274 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5275 { |
25012 | 5276 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5277 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5278 } |
314 | 5279 |
5280 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5281 { | |
5282 changed_lines++; | |
764 | 5283 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5284 } |
5285 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5286 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5287 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5288 } |
5289 | |
5290 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5291 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
764 | 5292 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
314 | 5293 return 1; |
5294 | |
764 | 5295 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5296 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5297 | |
5298 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5299 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5300 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5301 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5302 | |
5303 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5304 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5305 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5306 && (window_size >= |
5307 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
764 | 5308 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5309 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5310 return 0; | |
5311 | |
25012 | 5312 if (window_size < 2) |
5313 return 0; | |
5314 | |
764 | 5315 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5316 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5317 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5318 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5319 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5320 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5321 | |
5322 return 0; | |
5323 } | |
25012 | 5324 |
5325 | |
5326 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5327 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5328 | |
5329 static int | |
5330 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5331 struct glyph *r; | |
5332 int len; | |
314 | 5333 { |
25012 | 5334 int i; |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5335 |
25012 | 5336 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5337 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5338 break; | |
5339 | |
5340 return i; | |
314 | 5341 } |
25012 | 5342 |
5343 | |
5344 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5345 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5346 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5347 |
5348 static int | |
25012 | 5349 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5350 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5351 { |
25012 | 5352 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5353 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
5354 | |
5355 while (p1 < end1 | |
5356 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5357 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5358 ++p1, ++p2; |
5359 | |
5360 return p1 - str1; | |
314 | 5361 } |
5362 | |
25012 | 5363 |
314 | 5364 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5365 |
314 | 5366 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5367 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
314 | 5368 |
25012 | 5369 |
5370 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5371 | |
314 | 5372 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5373 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5374 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5375 int vpos; |
5376 { | |
25012 | 5377 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5378 int tem; |
5379 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5380 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5381 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5382 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5383 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5384 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5385 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5386 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5387 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5388 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5389 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5390 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5391 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5392 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5393 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5394 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5395 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5396 { |
25012 | 5397 obody = 0; |
314 | 5398 olen = 0; |
5399 } | |
5400 else | |
5401 { | |
25012 | 5402 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5403 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5404 | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5405 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5406 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5407 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5408 olen--; |
314 | 5409 } |
5410 | |
25012 | 5411 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5412 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5413 | |
5414 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5415 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5416 { |
5417 nlen = 0; | |
5418 goto just_erase; | |
5419 } | |
5420 | |
25012 | 5421 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5422 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5423 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5424 | |
5425 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5426 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5427 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5428 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5429 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5430 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5431 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5432 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5433 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5434 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5435 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5436 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5437 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5438 } |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5439 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5440 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5441 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5442 case but in the line below. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5443 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5444 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5445 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5446 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5447 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5448 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5449 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5450 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5451 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5452 |
25012 | 5453 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5454 return; | |
5455 } | |
314 | 5456 |
5457 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5458 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5459 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5460 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5461 nlen--; |
314 | 5462 |
5463 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5464 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5465 { | |
25012 | 5466 int i, j; |
5467 | |
5468 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5469 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5470 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5471 { | |
25012 | 5472 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5473 { |
25012 | 5474 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5475 j = i + 1; | |
5476 while (j < nlen | |
5477 && (j >= olen | |
5478 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5479 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5480 ++j; | |
5481 | |
5482 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
314 | 5483 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5484 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5485 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5486 |
5487 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5488 } | |
5489 } | |
5490 | |
5491 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5492 if (olen > nlen) | |
5493 { | |
5494 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5495 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5496 } | |
5497 | |
25012 | 5498 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5499 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5500 return; |
5501 } | |
5502 | |
25012 | 5503 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5504 characters in a row. */ | |
5505 | |
314 | 5506 if (!olen) |
5507 { | |
25012 | 5508 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5509 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5510 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5511 nsp = 0; |
5512 else | |
5513 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5514 | |
314 | 5515 if (nlen > nsp) |
5516 { | |
5517 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5518 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5519 } | |
5520 | |
764 | 5521 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5522 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5523 return; |
5524 } | |
5525 | |
5526 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5527 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5528 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5529 |
5530 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5531 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5532 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5533 |
5534 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5535 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5536 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5537 { |
5538 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5539 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5540 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5541 } |
5542 | |
5543 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5544 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5545 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5546 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5547 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5548 | |
5549 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5550 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5551 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5552 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5553 while (op1 > op2 |
5554 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5555 { |
5556 op1--; | |
5557 np1--; | |
5558 } | |
5559 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5560 | |
5561 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5562 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5563 Is it worth it? */ | |
5564 | |
5565 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5566 if (endmatch && tem | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5567 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5568 endmatch = 0; |
5569 | |
5570 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5571 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5572 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5573 Is it worth it? */ | |
5574 | |
5575 if (nsp != osp | |
5576 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5577 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5578 { |
5579 begmatch = 0; | |
5580 endmatch = 0; | |
5581 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5582 } | |
5583 | |
5584 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5585 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5586 | |
5587 if (osp > nsp) | |
5588 { | |
5589 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5590 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5591 } | |
5592 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5593 { | |
5594 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5595 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5596 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5597 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5598 { | |
5599 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5600 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5601 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5602 } | |
5603 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5604 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5605 } |
5606 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5607 | |
5608 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5609 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5610 { | |
5611 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5612 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5613 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5614 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5615 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5616 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5617 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5618 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5619 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5620 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5621 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5622 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5623 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5624 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5625 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5626 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5627 } |
314 | 5628 } |
5629 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5630 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5631 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5632 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5633 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5634 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5635 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5636 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5637 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5638 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5639 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5640 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5641 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5642 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5643 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5644 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5645 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5646 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5647 |
25012 | 5648 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5649 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5650 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5651 delete_glyphs (del); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5652 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5653 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5654 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5655 olen = nlen; |
5656 } | |
5657 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5658 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5659 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5660 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5661 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5662 olen = nlen; | |
5663 } | |
5664 } | |
5665 | |
5666 just_erase: | |
5667 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5668 if (olen > nlen) | |
5669 { | |
5670 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5671 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5672 } | |
5673 | |
764 | 5674 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5675 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5676 } |
25012 | 5677 |
5678 | |
314 | 5679 |
25012 | 5680 /*********************************************************************** |
5681 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5682 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5683 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5684 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5685 Return in *OBJECT the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5686 Return in *POS the position in that object. Adjust *X and *Y |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5687 to character boundaries. */ |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5688 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5689 void |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5690 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, object, pos) |
25012 | 5691 struct window *w; |
5692 int *x, *y; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5693 Lisp_Object *object; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5694 struct display_pos *pos; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5695 { |
25012 | 5696 struct it it; |
5697 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5698 struct text_pos startp; | |
5699 int left_area_width; | |
5700 | |
5701 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5702 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5703 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5704 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5705 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5706 | |
5707 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5708 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5709 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5710 | |
5711 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5712 *y = it.current_y; | |
5713 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5714 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5715 *object = STRINGP (it.string) ? it.string : w->buffer; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5716 *pos = it.current; |
25012 | 5717 } |
5718 | |
5719 | |
5720 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5721 mode or header line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero |
25012 | 5722 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
5723 the string returned. */ | |
5724 | |
5725 Lisp_Object | |
5726 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5727 struct window *w; | |
30713
fee809f81f97
(mode_line_string): Declare parameter MODE_LINE_P.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30323
diff
changeset
|
5728 int x, y, mode_line_p; |
25012 | 5729 int *charpos; |
5730 { | |
5731 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5732 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5733 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5734 int x0; | |
5735 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5736 | |
5737 if (mode_line_p) | |
5738 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5739 else | |
25546 | 5740 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5741 |
5742 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5743 { |
41120 | 5744 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and fringes, |
5745 and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5746 and fringe width. */ | |
25012 | 5747 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) |
5748 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
41120 | 5749 x += FRAME_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
25012 | 5750 |
5751 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5752 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5753 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5754 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5755 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5756 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5757 { | |
5758 string = glyph->object; | |
5759 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5760 break; | |
5761 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5762 } |
25012 | 5763 |
5764 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5765 } |
25012 | 5766 |
5767 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5768 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5769 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5770 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5771 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5772 Lisp_Object |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5773 marginal_area_string (w, x, y, area, charpos) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5774 struct window *w; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5775 int x, y; |
44580
79c7463828d6
(marginal_area_string): Sort arguments.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
44536
diff
changeset
|
5776 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5777 int *charpos; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5778 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5779 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5780 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5781 int x0, i, wy = y; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5782 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5783 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5784 if (area == 6) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5785 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5786 else if (area == 7) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5787 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5788 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5789 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5790 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5791 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5792 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5793 break; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5794 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5795 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5796 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5797 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5798 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5799 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5800 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5801 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5802 x0 = (window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5803 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5804 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5805 x0 = 0; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5806 for (; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5807 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5808 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5809 string = glyph->object; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5810 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5811 break; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5812 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5813 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5814 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5815 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5816 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5817 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5818 |
25012 | 5819 /*********************************************************************** |
5820 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5821 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5822 |
5823 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5824 |
493 | 5825 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5826 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5827 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5828 { |
5829 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5830 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5831 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5832 #endif |
314 | 5833 int old_errno = errno; |
5834 | |
764 | 5835 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5836 |
764 | 5837 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5838 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5839 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5840 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5841 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5842 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5843 | |
5844 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5845 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5846 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5847 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5848 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5849 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5850 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5851 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5852 break; |
5853 } | |
5854 } | |
5855 } | |
5856 | |
5857 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5858 errno = old_errno; | |
5859 } | |
5860 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5861 | |
5862 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5863 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5864 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5865 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5866 |
21514 | 5867 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5868 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5869 int safe; |
314 | 5870 { |
5871 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5872 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5873 return; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5874 |
314 | 5875 while (delayed_size_change) |
5876 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5877 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5878 |
5879 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5880 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5881 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5882 { |
25012 | 5883 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5884 |
764 | 5885 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5886 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
314 | 5887 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5888 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5889 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5890 } |
5891 } | |
5892 } | |
5893 | |
5894 | |
764 | 5895 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5896 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5897 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5898 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5899 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5900 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5901 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5902 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5903 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5904 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5905 |
21514 | 5906 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5907 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5908 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5909 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5910 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5911 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5912 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5913 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5914 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5915 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5916 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5917 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5918 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5919 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5920 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5921 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5922 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5923 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5924 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5925 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5926 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5927 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5928 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5929 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5930 { |
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5931 int new_frame_window_width; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5932 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5933 |
314 | 5934 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5935 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5936 { |
25012 | 5937 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5938 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
314 | 5939 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5940 return; | |
5941 } | |
5942 | |
764 | 5943 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
25012 | 5944 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5945 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5946 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5947 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5948 if (newheight == 0) |
25012 | 5949 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5950 if (newwidth == 0) |
25012 | 5951 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
5952 | |
5953 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5954 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5955 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5956 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5957 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5958 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5959 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5960 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
25012 | 5961 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5962 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
314 | 5963 return; |
5964 | |
15078 | 5965 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5966 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5967 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5968 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5969 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5970 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5971 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5972 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5973 |
25012 | 5974 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
314 | 5975 { |
25012 | 5976 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5977 { |
25012 | 5978 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5979 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5980 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5981 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5982 (newheight | |
5983 - 1 | |
5984 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5985 0); | |
5986 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5987 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5988 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5989 } |
5990 else | |
764 | 5991 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5992 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5993 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5994 | |
5995 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5996 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5997 } |
5998 | |
25012 | 5999 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 6000 { |
25012 | 6001 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
6002 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
6003 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
6004 | |
6005 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 6006 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 6007 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6008 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6009 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
314 | 6010 } |
6011 | |
25012 | 6012 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
6013 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
6014 | |
6015 { | |
6016 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6017 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
6018 | |
6019 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
6020 &text_area_height); | |
6021 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6022 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6023 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6024 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6025 } | |
6026 | |
6027 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6028 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6029 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6030 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6031 |
6032 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6033 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6034 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6035 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6036 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6037 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
6038 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6039 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6040 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6041 } |
25012 | 6042 |
6043 | |
314 | 6044 |
25012 | 6045 /*********************************************************************** |
6046 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6047 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6048 | |
6049 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6050 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6051 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6052 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6053 (file) |
25012 | 6054 Lisp_Object file; |
6055 { | |
6056 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
6057 termscript = 0; | |
6058 | |
6059 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6060 { | |
6061 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6062 termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
25012 | 6063 if (termscript == 0) |
6064 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
6065 } | |
6066 return Qnil; | |
6067 } | |
6068 | |
6069 | |
314 | 6070 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6071 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6072 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6073 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6074 (string) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6075 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6076 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6077 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6078 CHECK_STRING (string); |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6079 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), stdout); |
314 | 6080 fflush (stdout); |
6081 if (termscript) | |
6082 { | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6083 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6084 termscript); |
314 | 6085 fflush (termscript); |
6086 } | |
6087 return Qnil; | |
6088 } | |
6089 | |
25012 | 6090 |
314 | 6091 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6092 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6093 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6094 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6095 (arg) |
314 | 6096 Lisp_Object arg; |
6097 { | |
493 | 6098 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6099 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6100 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6101 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6102 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6103 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6104 fflush (stdout); |
6105 } | |
6106 else | |
6107 bitch_at_user (); | |
6108 | |
6109 return Qnil; | |
6110 } | |
6111 | |
21514 | 6112 void |
314 | 6113 bitch_at_user () |
6114 { | |
6115 if (noninteractive) | |
6116 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6117 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6118 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6119 else | |
6120 ring_bell (); | |
6121 fflush (stdout); | |
6122 } | |
6123 | |
25012 | 6124 |
6125 | |
6126 /*********************************************************************** | |
6127 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6128 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6129 | |
314 | 6130 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6131 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6132 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6133 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6134 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6135 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6136 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6137 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6138 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6139 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6140 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6141 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6142 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6143 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6144 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6145 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6146 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6147 | |
6148 { | |
6149 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6150 sec = (int) duration; | |
6151 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6152 } | |
314 | 6153 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6154 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6155 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6156 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6157 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6158 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6159 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6160 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6161 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6162 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6163 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6164 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6165 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6166 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6167 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6168 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6169 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6170 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6171 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6172 return Qnil; |
6173 | |
650 | 6174 { |
6175 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6176 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6177 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6178 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6179 } | |
587 | 6180 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6181 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6182 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6183 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6184 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6185 immediate_quit = 1; |
6186 QUIT; | |
6187 | |
6188 #ifdef VMS | |
6189 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6190 #else /* not VMS */ | |
6191 /* The reason this is done this way | |
6192 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6193 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined'. */ |
314 | 6194 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
554 | 6195 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6196 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6197 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
554 | 6198 |
314 | 6199 while (1) |
6200 { | |
554 | 6201 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6202 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6203 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6204 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6205 break; |
6206 } | |
6207 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6208 sleep (sec); | |
6209 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6210 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
6211 | |
6212 immediate_quit = 0; | |
6213 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6214 | |
6215 return Qnil; | |
6216 } | |
6217 | |
25012 | 6218 |
650 | 6219 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6220 it does the redisplay. | |
6221 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6222 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6223 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6224 |
6225 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6226 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6227 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6228 { |
650 | 6229 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6230 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6231 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6232 |
43729
5b4c5b84bb9d
(sit_for): Don't wait if executing a kbd macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
43713
diff
changeset
|
6233 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display) || !NILP (Vexecuting_macro)) |
314 | 6234 return Qnil; |
650 | 6235 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6236 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6237 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6238 |
673 | 6239 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6240 return Qt; | |
6241 | |
314 | 6242 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6243 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6244 #endif |
6245 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6246 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6247 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6248 | |
314 | 6249 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6250 } | |
6251 | |
25012 | 6252 |
650 | 6253 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
40979 | 6254 doc: /* Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6255 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6256 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6257 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6258 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6259 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6260 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6261 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6262 if input is available before it starts. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6263 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6264 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6265 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6266 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6267 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6268 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6269 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6270 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6271 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6272 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6273 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6274 | |
6275 { | |
6276 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6277 sec = (int) duration; | |
6278 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6279 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6280 |
650 | 6281 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6282 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6283 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6284 #endif |
6285 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6286 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6287 } |
25012 | 6288 |
6289 | |
314 | 6290 |
25012 | 6291 /*********************************************************************** |
6292 Other Lisp Functions | |
6293 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6294 | |
6295 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6296 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6297 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6298 add length checks). */ | |
6299 | |
6300 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6301 | |
6302 | |
6303 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6304 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, |
40979 | 6305 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6306 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6307 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6308 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6309 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6310 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6311 the current state. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6312 () |
25012 | 6313 { |
6314 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6315 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6316 int n; | |
6317 | |
6318 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6319 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6320 { | |
6321 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6322 goto changed; | |
6323 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6324 goto changed; | |
6325 } | |
6326 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6327 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6328 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6329 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6330 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6331 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6332 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6333 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6334 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6335 continue; |
6336 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6337 goto changed; | |
6338 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6339 goto changed; | |
6340 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6341 goto changed; | |
6342 } | |
6343 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6344 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6345 return Qnil; | |
6346 changed: | |
6347 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6348 n = 1; | |
6349 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6350 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6351 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6352 n += 3; |
6353 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6354 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6355 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6356 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6357 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6358 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6359 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6360 { | |
6361 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6362 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6363 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6364 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6365 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6366 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6367 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6368 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6369 continue; |
6370 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6371 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6372 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6373 } | |
6374 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6375 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6376 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6377 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6378 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6379 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6380 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6381 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6382 abort (); | |
6383 return Qt; | |
6384 } | |
6385 | |
6386 | |
6387 | |
6388 /*********************************************************************** | |
6389 Initialization | |
6390 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6391 | |
314 | 6392 char *terminal_type; |
6393 | |
25012 | 6394 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6395 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6396 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6397 |
21514 | 6398 void |
314 | 6399 init_display () |
6400 { | |
6401 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6402 extern int display_arg; | |
6403 #endif | |
6404 | |
25012 | 6405 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6406 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6407 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6408 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6409 | |
314 | 6410 meta_key = 0; |
6411 inverse_video = 0; | |
6412 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6413 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6414 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6415 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6416 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6417 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6418 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6419 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6420 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6421 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6422 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6423 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6424 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6425 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6426 |
6427 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6428 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6429 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6430 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6431 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6432 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6433 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6434 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6435 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6436 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6437 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6438 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6439 |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6440 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6441 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6442 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6443 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6444 ) |
314 | 6445 { |
6446 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6447 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6448 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6449 #else | |
6450 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6451 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6452 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6453 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6454 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6455 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6456 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6457 #endif |
25012 | 6458 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6459 return; |
6460 } | |
6461 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6462 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6463 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6464 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6465 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6466 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6467 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6468 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6469 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6470 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6471 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6472 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6473 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6474 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6475 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6476 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6477 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6478 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6479 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6480 } |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6481 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6482 |
314 | 6483 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6484 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6485 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6486 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6487 exit (1); |
6488 } | |
6489 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6490 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6491 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
6492 if (!terminal_type) | |
6493 { | |
6494 #ifdef VMS | |
6495 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6496 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6497 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6498 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6499 #else | |
6500 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6501 #endif | |
6502 exit (1); | |
6503 } | |
6504 | |
6505 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6506 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6507 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6508 { | |
6509 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6510 char *p; | |
6511 | |
6512 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6513 | |
6514 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6515 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6516 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6517 | |
6518 terminal_type = new; | |
6519 } | |
25012 | 6520 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6521 |
6522 term_init (terminal_type); | |
25012 | 6523 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6524 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6525 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6526 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6527 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
25012 | 6529 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6530 | |
6531 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6532 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6533 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6534 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6535 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6536 |
25012 | 6537 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6538 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6539 |
6540 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6541 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6542 if (initialized) | |
6543 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6544 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6545 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6546 |
6547 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6548 if (initialized | |
6549 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6550 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6551 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6552 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6553 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6554 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6555 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6556 #endif |
25012 | 6557 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6558 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6559 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6560 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6561 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6562 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6563 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6564 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6565 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6566 } |
314 | 6567 } |
25012 | 6568 |
6569 | |
314 | 6570 |
25012 | 6571 /*********************************************************************** |
6572 Blinking cursor | |
6573 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6574 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6575 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6576 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6577 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6578 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6579 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6580 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6581 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6582 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6583 { |
6584 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6585 output routines. */ | |
6586 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6587 { | |
6588 if (NILP (window)) | |
6589 window = selected_window; | |
6590 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6591 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
25012 | 6592 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6593 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6594 } |
6595 | |
6596 return Qnil; | |
6597 } | |
6598 | |
6599 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6600 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6601 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6602 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6603 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6604 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6605 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6606 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6607 struct window *w; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6608 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6609 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6610 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6611 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6612 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6613 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6614 w = XWINDOW (window); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6615 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6616 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6617 |
25012 | 6618 |
6619 /*********************************************************************** | |
6620 Initialization | |
6621 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6622 | |
21514 | 6623 void |
314 | 6624 syms_of_display () |
6625 { | |
764 | 6626 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6627 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6628 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6629 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6630 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6631 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6632 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6633 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6634 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6635 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6636 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6637 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6638 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6639 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6640 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6641 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6642 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6643 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6644 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6645 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6646 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6647 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6648 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6649 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6650 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6651 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6652 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
25012 | 6653 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6654 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6655 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6656 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
25012 | 6657 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6658 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6659 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6660 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6661 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
25012 | 6662 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6663 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6664 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6665 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6666 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6667 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
25012 | 6668 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6669 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6670 doc: /* Name of window system that Emacs is displaying through. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6671 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6672 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
25012 | 6673 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6674 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6675 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6676 For X windows, this is 10 or 11. */); |
25012 | 6677 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6678 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6679 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
25012 | 6680 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6681 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6682 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6683 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6684 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6685 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6686 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6687 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6688 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6689 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6690 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6691 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6692 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6693 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6694 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6695 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6696 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6697 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6698 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6699 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6700 | |
314 | 6701 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6702 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6703 if (noninteractive) | |
6704 #endif | |
6705 { | |
6706 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6707 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6708 } | |
6709 } |